blob: 3948b22f7b6ebfebac97ec8e3d0d556481fcb130 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000016#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000021#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregorbf3af052008-11-13 20:12:29 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000025#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
26#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwinf42e4a62009-08-24 13:25:12 +000027#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000028
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
42 ICC_Promotion,
43 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000044 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Conversion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000047 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000052 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000054 ICC_Conversion
55 };
56 return Category[(int)Kind];
57}
58
59/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
60/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
61ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
62 static const ImplicitConversionRank
63 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
64 ICR_Exact_Match,
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Promotion,
70 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Conversion,
73 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000074 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000079 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000080 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000081 ICR_Conversion
82 };
83 return Rank[(int)Kind];
84}
85
86/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
87/// implicit conversion.
88const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
89 static const char* Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
90 "No conversion",
91 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
92 "Array-to-pointer",
93 "Function-to-pointer",
94 "Qualification",
95 "Integral promotion",
96 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000097 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Integral conversion",
99 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000102 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000103 "Pointer conversion",
104 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000105 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000106 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000107 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000108 };
109 return Name[Kind];
110}
111
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000112/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
113/// sequence to the identity conversion.
114void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
115 First = ICK_Identity;
116 Second = ICK_Identity;
117 Third = ICK_Identity;
118 Deprecated = false;
119 ReferenceBinding = false;
120 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000121 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000122 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000123}
124
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000125/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
126/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
127/// implicit conversions.
128ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
129 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
130 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
131 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
132 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
133 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
134 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
136 return Rank;
137}
138
139/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
140/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000141/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000142/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000143bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000144 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
145 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
146
147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
151 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000152 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000166 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
167 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
185 bool PrintedSomething = false;
186 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
187 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
188 PrintedSomething = true;
189 }
190
191 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
192 if (PrintedSomething) {
193 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
194 }
195 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000196
197 if (CopyConstructor) {
198 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
199 } else if (DirectBinding) {
200 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
201 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
203 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000204 PrintedSomething = true;
205 }
206
207 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
208 if (PrintedSomething) {
209 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
210 }
211 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
212 PrintedSomething = true;
213 }
214
215 if (!PrintedSomething) {
216 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
217 }
218}
219
220/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
221/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
222void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
223 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
224 Before.DebugPrint();
225 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
226 }
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000227 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 After.DebugPrint();
231 }
232}
233
234/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
235/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
236void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
237 switch (ConversionKind) {
238 case StandardConversion:
239 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
240 Standard.DebugPrint();
241 break;
242 case UserDefinedConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
244 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case EllipsisConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
248 break;
249 case BadConversion:
250 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
251 break;
252 }
253
254 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
255}
256
257// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
258// overload of the Old declaration. This routine returns false if New
259// and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if they are functions with the
260// same signature (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declaration isn't a
261// function (or overload set). When it does return false and Old is an
262// OverloadedFunctionDecl, MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263// FunctionDecl that New cannot be overloaded with.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000264//
265// Example: Given the following input:
266//
267// void f(int, float); // #1
268// void f(int, int); // #2
269// int f(int, int); // #3
270//
271// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000272// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000273//
274// When we process #2, Old is a FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing the
275// parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they
276// have different signatures), so this routine returns false;
277// MatchedDecl is unchanged.
278//
279// When we process #3, Old is an OverloadedFunctionDecl containing #1
280// and #2. We compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded,
281// so we do nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and
282// #2 are identical (return types of functions are not part of the
283// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
284// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
285bool
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, Decl* OldD,
287 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator& MatchedDecl) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl* Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
289 // Is this new function an overload of every function in the
290 // overload set?
291 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
292 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
293 for (; Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
294 if (!IsOverload(New, *Func, MatchedDecl)) {
295 MatchedDecl = Func;
296 return false;
297 }
298 }
299
300 // This function overloads every function in the overload set.
301 return true;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000302 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
303 return IsOverload(New, Old->getTemplatedDecl(), MatchedDecl);
304 else if (FunctionDecl* Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000305 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
307
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000308 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
309 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
310 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
311 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
312 return true;
313
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000314 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
315 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
316 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
317
318 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
319 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
320 // in the signature, they are overloads.
321
322 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
323 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000324 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
325 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000326 return false;
327
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000328 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
329 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
331 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
332 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
333 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
334 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
335 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
336 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
337 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
338 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
339 return true;
340
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000341 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000343 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
344 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000346 // signature.
347 //
348 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
349 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
350 if (NewTemplate &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000351 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
352 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
Douglas Gregorfb898e12009-11-12 16:20:59 +0000353 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000354 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
355 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000357 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
358 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
359 //
360 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
361 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
362 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
363 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
364 // can be overloaded.
365 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
366 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000368 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor1ca50c32008-11-21 15:36:28 +0000369 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000370 return true;
371
372 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
373 return false;
374 } else {
375 // (C++ 13p1):
376 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
377 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
378 return false;
379 }
380}
381
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000382/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
383/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
384/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
385/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000386///
387/// void f(float f);
388/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
389///
390/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
391/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
392/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
393/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
394//
395/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
396/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
397/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
398/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
399/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000400///
401/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
402/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000403/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
404/// permitted.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000405/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
406/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000407/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
408/// cast.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000409ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson2974b5c2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000410Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
411 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000412 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000413 bool InOverloadResolution,
414 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000415 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000416 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000417 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000418 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000419 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000420 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000421 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
422 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000423 Conversions,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000424 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000425 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000426 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000427 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
428 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
429 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
430 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
431 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
432 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
433 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000435 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000436 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000437 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
438 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
439 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000440 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
441 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000442 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
443 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
444 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
445 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000446 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000447 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000448 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
449 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000450 }
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000451
452 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
453 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
454 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
455 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
456 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
457 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
458 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
459 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
460 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
461 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000462 } else {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000463 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000464 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
465 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
466 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +0000467 if (Cand->Viable)
468 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000469 }
470 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000471
472 return ICS;
473}
474
475/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
476/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
477/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
478/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
479/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
480/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
481/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
482/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483bool
484Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000485 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000487 QualType FromType = From->getType();
488
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000489 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000490 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000491 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000492 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000493 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000494 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000495
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000496 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000497 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000498 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
499 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
500 return false;
501
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000502 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000503 }
504
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000505 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
506 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
507 // (C++ 4p1).
508
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000510 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
511 // converted to an rvalue.
512 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000514 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000515 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000516 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000517
518 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
519 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000520 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
521 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
522
523 // FIXME: Doesn't see through to qualifiers behind a typedef!
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000524 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000525 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
526 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000527 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000528
529 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
530 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
531 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
532 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
533
534 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
535 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000536 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000537
538 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
539 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
540 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
541 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000542 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
543 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
544 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
545 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000546 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000547 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
548 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000549 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000550
551 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
552 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
553 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
554 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000555 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000556 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000557 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000558 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
559
560 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
561 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
562 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000563 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
564 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
565 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
566 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000567 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
568 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
569 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
570 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
571 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
572 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
573 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
574 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
575 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
576 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
577 } else
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000578 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000579 } else {
580 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000581 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000582 }
583
584 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
585 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
586 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
587 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000588 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
589 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000590 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000591 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000592 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
593 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000594 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000595 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000596 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000597 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000598 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000599 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
600 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000601 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000602 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000603 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
604 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000605 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
606 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000607 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000608 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000609 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
610 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000611 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000612 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000613 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
614 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000615 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000616 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000617 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
618 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000619 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
620 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000621 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
622 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
623 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000624 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000625 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
626 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
627 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000628 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000629 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000630 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
631 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
632 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000633 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
634 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000635 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
636 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000637 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000638 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000639 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000640 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
641 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000642 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000643 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000644 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
645 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
646 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
647 FromType->isPointerType() ||
648 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
649 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
650 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
651 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000652 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000653 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000654 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000655 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
656 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000657 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000658 } else {
659 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000660 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000661 }
662
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000663 QualType CanonFrom;
664 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000665 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000666 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000667 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000668 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000669 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
670 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000671 } else {
672 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000673 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
674
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000675 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000676 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
677 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
678 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000679 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000681 if (CanonFrom.getUnqualifiedType() == CanonTo.getUnqualifiedType() &&
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000682 CanonFrom.getCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getCVRQualifiers()) {
683 FromType = ToType;
684 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
685 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000686 }
687
688 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
689 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000690 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000691 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000692
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000693 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
694 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000695}
696
697/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
698/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
699/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
700/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000701bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000702 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlf7be9442008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000703 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000704 if (!To) {
705 return false;
706 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000707
708 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
709 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
710 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
711 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
712 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000713 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000714 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
715 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
716 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
717 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000718 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000719 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000720 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000721 }
722
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000723 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
724 }
725
726 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
727 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
728 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
729 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
730 if ((FromType->isEnumeralType() || FromType->isWideCharType())
731 && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
732 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
733 // unsigned.
734 bool FromIsSigned;
735 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000736 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000737 QualType UnderlyingType = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
738 FromIsSigned = UnderlyingType->isSignedIntegerType();
739 } else {
740 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
741 FromIsSigned = true;
742 }
743
744 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
745 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000746 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
747 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000748 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
749 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000750 };
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000751 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000752 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
753 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000754 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000755 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
756 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
757 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
758 // promotion.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000759 return Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType()
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000760 == Context.getCanonicalType(PromoteTypes[Idx]).getUnqualifiedType();
761 }
762 }
763 }
764
765 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
766 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
767 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
768 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
769 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
770 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
771 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000772 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
773 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000774 using llvm::APSInt;
775 if (From)
776 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000777 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000778 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
779 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
780 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
781 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000782
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000783 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
784 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
785 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
786 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
787 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000788
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000789 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
790 // that fits into an unsigned int?
791 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
792 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
793 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000794
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000795 return false;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000796 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000797 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000798
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000799 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
800 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000801 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000802 return true;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000803 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000804
805 return false;
806}
807
808/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
809/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
810/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000811bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000812 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
813 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000814 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
815 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000816 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
817 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
818 return true;
819
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000820 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
821 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
822 // double is promoted to long double [...].
823 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
824 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
825 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
826 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
827 return true;
828 }
829
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000830 return false;
831}
832
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000833/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
834///
835/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
836/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000837/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000838bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000839 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000840 if (!FromComplex)
841 return false;
842
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000843 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000844 if (!ToComplex)
845 return false;
846
847 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000848 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
849 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
850 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000851}
852
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000853/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
854/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
855/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
856/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
857/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000858static QualType
859BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000860 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
861 ASTContext &Context) {
862 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
863 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000864 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000865
866 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000867 if (CanonToPointee.getQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000868 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000869 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000870 return ToType;
871
872 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
873 // already.
874 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
875 }
876
877 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000878 return Context.getPointerType(
879 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Quals));
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000880}
881
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000882static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000883 bool InOverloadResolution,
884 ASTContext &Context) {
885 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
886 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
887 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
888 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
889 return !InOverloadResolution;
890
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000891 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
892 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
893 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000894}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000896/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
897/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
898/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
899/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
900/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
901/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000902///
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000903/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
904/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
905/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
906/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
907/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
908/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000909/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
910/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
911/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000912bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000913 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000914 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000915 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000916 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000917 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
918 return true;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000919
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
921 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000922 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor27b09ac2008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000923 ConvertedType = ToType;
924 return true;
925 }
926
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000927 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
928 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000929 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000930 ConvertedType = ToType;
931 return true;
932 }
933 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
934 // pointer type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000936 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000937 ConvertedType = ToType;
938 return true;
939 }
940
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000941 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
942 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000943 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000944 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000945 ConvertedType = ToType;
946 return true;
947 }
948
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000949 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000950 if (!ToTypePtr)
951 return false;
952
953 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000954 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000955 ConvertedType = ToType;
956 return true;
957 }
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000958
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000959 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000960 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000961 if (!FromTypePtr)
962 return false;
963
964 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
965 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
966
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000967 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
968 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
969 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregorbad0e652009-03-24 20:32:41 +0000970 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000971 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000972 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000973 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000974 return true;
975 }
976
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000977 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
978 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000979 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000980 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000981 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000982 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000983 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000984 return true;
985 }
986
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000987 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000988 //
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000989 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
990 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
991 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
992 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
993 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
994 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
995 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
996 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
997 //
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +0000998 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
999 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1001 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregor2685eab2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001002 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001003 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001005 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001006 ToType, Context);
1007 return true;
1008 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001009
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001010 return false;
1011}
1012
1013/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1014/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1015/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001017 QualType& ConvertedType,
1018 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1019 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1020 return false;
1021
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001022 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001023 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001025 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001026
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001027 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001028 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001029 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001030 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001031 ConvertedType = ToType;
1032 return true;
1033 }
1034 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001035 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001036 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001037 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001038 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001039 ConvertedType = ToType;
1040 return true;
1041 }
1042 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1043 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1044 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1045 ConvertedType = ToType;
1046 return true;
1047 }
1048
1049 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1050 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1051 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1052 // complain about it.
1053 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1054 ConvertedType = FromType;
1055 return true;
1056 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001057 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001058 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001059 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001060 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001061 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001062 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001063 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1064 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001065 return false;
1066
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001067 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001068 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001069 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001070 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001071 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1072 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001073 return false;
1074
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001075 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1076 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1077 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1078 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1079 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1080 // We always complain about this conversion.
1081 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1082 ConvertedType = ToType;
1083 return true;
1084 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001085 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001086 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1087 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1088 // complain about it).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001089 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001090 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001091 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001092 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001093 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1094 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1095 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1096 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1097 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1098 return false;
1099
1100 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1101 // function types are obviously different.
1102 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1103 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1104 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1105 return false;
1106
1107 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1108 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1109 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1110 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1111 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1112 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1113 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1114 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1115 HasObjCConversion = true;
1116 } else {
1117 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1118 return false;
1119 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001121 // Check argument types.
1122 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1123 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1124 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1125 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1126 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1127 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1128 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1129 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1130 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1131 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1132 HasObjCConversion = true;
1133 } else {
1134 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1135 return false;
1136 }
1137 }
1138
1139 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1140 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1141 // conversion, but complain about it.
1142 ConvertedType = ToType;
1143 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1144 return true;
1145 }
1146 }
1147
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001148 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001149}
1150
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001151/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1152/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001153/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001154/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1155/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1156/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001157bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1158 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001159 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1160
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001161 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1162 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001163 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1164 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregordda78892008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001165
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001166 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1167 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1168 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1169 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001170 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1171 From->getExprLoc(),
1172 From->getSourceRange()))
1173 return true;
1174
1175 // The conversion was successful.
1176 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001177 }
1178 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001179 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001180 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001181 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001182 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001183 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1184 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1185 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001186 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001187 return false;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001188
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001189 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001190 return false;
1191}
1192
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001193/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1194/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1195/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1196/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1197/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1198bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001199 QualType ToType,
1200 bool InOverloadResolution,
1201 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001202 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001203 if (!ToTypePtr)
1204 return false;
1205
1206 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001207 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1208 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1209 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001210 ConvertedType = ToType;
1211 return true;
1212 }
1213
1214 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001215 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001216 if (!FromTypePtr)
1217 return false;
1218
1219 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1220 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1221 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1222 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1223 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1224
1225 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1226 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1227 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1228 return true;
1229 }
1230
1231 return false;
1232}
1233
1234/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1235/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1236/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1237/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1238/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1239/// otherwise.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001240bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001241 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001242 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001243 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001244 if (!FromPtrType) {
1245 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001246 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1247 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001248 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1249 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001250 return false;
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001251 }
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001252
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001253 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001254 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1255 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001256
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001257 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1258 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001259
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001260 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1261 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1262 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001263
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001264 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1265 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001266 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1267 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1268 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1269 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001270
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001271 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1272 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1273 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1274 Paths.clear();
1275 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1276 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1277 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1278 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001279
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001280 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1281 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1282 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1283 return true;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001284 }
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001285
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001286 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001287 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1288 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1289 << From->getSourceRange();
1290 return true;
1291 }
1292
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001293 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1294 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001295 return false;
1296}
1297
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001298/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1299/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1300/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001301bool
1302Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001303 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1304 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1305
1306 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1307 // qualification conversion.
1308 if (FromType == ToType)
1309 return false;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001310
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001311 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1312 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1313 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1314 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001315 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001316 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001317 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1318 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1319 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001320 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001321 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1322 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001323 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001324
1325 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1326 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregor9b6e2d22008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001327 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001328 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001329
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001330 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1331 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1332 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001333 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001334 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001336 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1337 // include const.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001338 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001339 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001340 }
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001341
1342 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1343 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1344 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1345 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1346 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
1347 return UnwrappedAnyPointer &&
1348 FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
1349}
1350
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00001351/// \brief Given a function template or function, extract the function template
1352/// declaration (if any) and the underlying function declaration.
1353template<typename T>
1354static void GetFunctionAndTemplate(AnyFunctionDecl Orig, T *&Function,
1355 FunctionTemplateDecl *&FunctionTemplate) {
1356 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Orig);
1357 if (FunctionTemplate)
1358 Function = cast<T>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1359 else
1360 Function = cast<T>(Orig);
1361}
1362
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001363/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1364/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1365/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1366/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1367/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1368/// false and User is unspecified.
1369///
1370/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1371/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1372/// will be considered.
1373///
1374/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1375/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1376/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001377///
1378/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1379/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001380/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1381/// cast.
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001382Sema::OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(
1383 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001384 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Fariborz Jahanian78cf9a22009-09-15 00:10:11 +00001385 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001386 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001387 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
1388 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001389 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor393896f2009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001390 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1391 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1392 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1393 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001394 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1395 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1396 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1397 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1398 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1399 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1400 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1401 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001402 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1403 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1404 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1405 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1406 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1407 }
1408
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001409 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001410 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1411 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1412 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001413 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001414 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001415 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001416 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1417 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1418 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1419 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1420 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001421 Constructor
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001422 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1423 else
1424 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001425
Fariborz Jahanian52ab92b2009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001426 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssonfaccd722009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001427 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001428 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0, &From,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001430 1, CandidateSet,
1431 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001432 else
Fariborz Jahanian249cead2009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001433 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1434 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001435 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor79b680e2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001436 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001437 }
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001438 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001439 }
1440 }
1441
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001442 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1443 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001444 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1445 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001446 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001447 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001448 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001449 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001450 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001451 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1452 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001453 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001454 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001455 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
1456 = Conversions->function_begin();
1457 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
1458 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1459 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
1460 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
1461 if (ConvTemplate)
1462 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1463 else
1464 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func);
1465
1466 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1467 if (ConvTemplate)
1468 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, From, ToType,
1469 CandidateSet);
1470 else
1471 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
1472 }
1473 }
1474 }
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001475 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001476
1477 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001478 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001479 case OR_Success:
1480 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001481 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001482 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1483 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1484 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1485 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1486 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1487 // the argument of the constructor.
1488 //
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001489 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001490 if (Best->Conversions[0].ConversionKind ==
1491 ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion)
1492 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1493 else {
1494 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1495 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1496 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001497 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1498 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001500 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001501 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001502 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001503 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1504 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1505 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1506 //
1507 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1508 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1509 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1510 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1511 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1512 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001513 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001514
1515 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001516 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1517 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1518 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1519 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1520 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1521 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1522 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1523 // 13.3.3.1).
1524 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001525 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001526 } else {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001527 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001528 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001529 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001530
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001531 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001532 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001533 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001534 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001535 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001536
1537 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001538 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001539 }
1540
Fariborz Jahanian34acd3e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001541 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001542}
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001543
1544bool
1545Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1546 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1547 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1548 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1549 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1550 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
1551 if (OvResult != OR_Ambiguous)
1552 return false;
1553 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1554 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1555 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1556 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1557 return true;
1558}
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001559
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001560/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1561/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1562/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001563ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001564Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1565 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1566{
1567 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1568 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1569 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1570 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1571 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1572 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1573 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1574 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001575 //
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001576 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1577 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1578 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1579 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1580
1581 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1582 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1583 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1584 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1585 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001586 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001587 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1588 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1589 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1590 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1591 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1592 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1593 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001594 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001595 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1596 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1597 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1598 }
1599
1600 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1601}
1602
1603/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1604/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1605/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001606ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001607Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1608 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1609{
1610 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1611 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1612
1613 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1614 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1615 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1616 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1617 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1618 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1619 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1620 ;
1621 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1622 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001623 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001624 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1625 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1626 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1627 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1628 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001629 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001630 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1631 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1632 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1633
1634 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1635 // defined below), or, if not that,
1636 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1637 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1638 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1639 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1640 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1641 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001642
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001643 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1644 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1645 // applies:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001647 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1648 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1649 // that is such a conversion.
1650 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1651 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1652 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1653 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1654
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001655 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1656 //
1657 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001658 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1659 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1660 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001661 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001662 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001664 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001665 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1666 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1667 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001668 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1669 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001670 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1671 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1672 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001673 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1674 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1675 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001676 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1677 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1678 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1679 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1680 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1681 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1682
1683 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1684 // conversion, if we need to.
1685 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1686 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1687 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1688 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1689
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001691 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001692 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001693 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001694
1695 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1696 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1697 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1698 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001699
1700 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1701 // other, it is the better one.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001702 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1703 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001704 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1705 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1706 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1707 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1708 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1709 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001710 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001711
1712 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1713 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001714 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001715 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001716 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001717
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001718 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001719 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1720 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1721 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1722 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1723 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001724 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1725 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1726 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1727 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1728 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1729 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001730
1731 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1732 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1733 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1734 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1735 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1736 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001737 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1738 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001739 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1740 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1741 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1742 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1743 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1744 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1745 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1746 }
1747 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001748
1749 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1750}
1751
1752/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1753/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001754/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1755ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001756Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001757 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregorba7e2102008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001758 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001759 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1760 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1761 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1762 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1763 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1764 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1765 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1766 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1767
1768 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1769 // conversion (!)
1770 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1771 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1772 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1773 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1774
1775 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1776 // them.
1777 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1778 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1779
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001780 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001781 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1782 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1783 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1784 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1785 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001786 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001787 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1788 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1789 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1790 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1791 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1792 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1793 // about how the sequences rank.
1794 ;
1795 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1796 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1797 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1798 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1799 // qualifiers.
1800 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001801
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001802 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1803 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1804 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1805 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1806 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1807 // qualifiers.
1808 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001809
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001810 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1811 } else {
1812 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1813 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1814 }
1815
1816 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
1817 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1818 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001819 }
1820
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001821 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1822 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1823 switch (Result) {
1824 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1825 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1826 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1827 break;
1828
1829 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1830 break;
1831
1832 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1833 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1834 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1835 break;
1836 }
1837
1838 return Result;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001839}
1840
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001841/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1842/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001843/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1844/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1845/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001846ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1847Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1848 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1849 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1850 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1851 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1852 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1853
1854 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1855 // conversion, if we need to.
1856 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1857 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1858 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1859 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1860
1861 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1862 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1863 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1864 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1865 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1866
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001867 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001868 //
1869 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1870 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001871 //
1872 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1873 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001874
1875 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001876 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001877 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1878 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1879 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1880 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001882 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001883 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001884 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001885 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001886 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001887 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001888 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001889
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001890 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1891 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1892 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1893 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001894
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001895 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001896 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1897 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1898 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1899 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1900 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001901
1902 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1903 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1904 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1905 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1906 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1907 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001908 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001909
1910 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1911 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1912 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1913 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1914 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1915 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001916
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001917 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
1918 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1919 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1920 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1921 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1922 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001923 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001924 }
1925
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001926 // Compare based on reference bindings.
1927 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
1928 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1929 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
1930 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1931 // reference of type A&,
1932 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1933 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1934 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1935 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1936 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1937 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1938 }
1939
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001940 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
1941 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1942 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001943 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1944 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1945 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1946 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1947 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1948 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1949 }
1950 }
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001951
1952 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001953 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
1954 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
1955 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
1956 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
1957 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1958 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
1959 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1960 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
1961 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1962 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
1963 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1964 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
1965 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
1966 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
1967 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
1968 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1969 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1970 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1971 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian2357da02009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001972 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian8577c982009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001973 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1974 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1975 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1976 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1977 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1978 }
1979 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
1980 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
1981 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1982 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1983 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1984 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1985 }
1986 }
1987
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001988 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
1989 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1990 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
1991 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1992 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1993 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1994 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1995 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1996 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1997 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001998
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001999 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
2000 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
2001 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
2002 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2003 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2004 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2005 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2006 }
2007 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002008
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002009 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2010}
2011
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002012/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2013/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2014/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2015/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002016/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002017/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2018/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019ImplicitConversionSequence
2020Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002021 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2022 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002023 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002024 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002025 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002026 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002027 SuppressUserConversions,
2028 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2029 ForceRValue,
2030 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002031 return ICS;
2032 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002034 SuppressUserConversions,
2035 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002036 ForceRValue,
2037 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002038 }
2039}
2040
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002041/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2042/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2043/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2044/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2045/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002046bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002047 const char* Flavor, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002048 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2049 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2050 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002051
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002052 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2053 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002054 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2055 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2056 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002057
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002058 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
2059 FromType, From, Flavor);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002060 }
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002061
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002062 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002063 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregor739d8282009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002064 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002065 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2066 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2067 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002068
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002069 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Flavor,
2070 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002071 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002072 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002073 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2074 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
2075 << ToType << From->getType() << Flavor << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian455acd92009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002076 return true;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002077}
2078
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002079/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2080/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2081/// expression @p From.
2082ImplicitConversionSequence
2083Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
2084 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent());
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002085 QualType ImplicitParamType
2086 = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Method->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002087
2088 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2089 // to exit early.
2090 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2091 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2092 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2093
2094 // We need to have an object of class type.
2095 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002096 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002097 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2098
2099 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002100
2101 // The implicit object parmeter is has the type "reference to cv X",
2102 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2103 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2104 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002106 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2107 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2108 // non-constant references.
2109
2110 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2111 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2112 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregorb1c2ea52009-11-05 00:07:36 +00002113 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() != FromTypeCanon.getCVRQualifiers() &&
2114 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon))
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002115 return ICS;
2116
2117 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2118 // affects the conversion rank.
2119 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
2120 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getUnqualifiedType())
2121 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2122 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2123 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2124 else
2125 return ICS;
2126
2127 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2128 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2129 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2130 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2131 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2132 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002133 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002134 return ICS;
2135}
2136
2137/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2138/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2139/// expression.
2140bool
2141Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002142 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002143 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002144 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002146 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002147 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2148 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2149 } else {
2150 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2151 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2152 }
2153
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002155 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Method);
2156 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2157 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002158 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002159 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002160
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002161 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002162 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2163 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002164 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2165 From->getSourceRange()))
2166 return true;
2167
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002168 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson116b7d92009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002169 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002170 return false;
2171}
2172
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002173/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2174/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2175ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002177 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2178 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002179 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002180 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2181 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002182}
2183
2184/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2185/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2186bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2187 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
2188 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, "converting"))
2189 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian17c7a5d2009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002190
2191 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
2192 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2193 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2194 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2195 return true;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002196}
2197
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002198/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002199/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2200/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2201/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002202/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2203/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2204/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002205///
2206/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2207/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2208/// code completion.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209void
2210Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002211 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002212 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002213 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002214 bool ForceRValue,
2215 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002217 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002218 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002220 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002221 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002222 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002224 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002225 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2226 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2227 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2228 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2229 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
2230 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use a NULL object as the implied
2231 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232 AddMethodCandidate(Method, 0, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002233 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2234 return;
2235 }
2236 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2237 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002238 }
2239
Douglas Gregorfd476482009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002240 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002241 return;
2242
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002243 // Add this candidate
2244 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2245 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2246 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002247 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002248 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002249 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002250
2251 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2252
2253 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2254 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2255 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor5bd1a112009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002256 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2257 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002258 Candidate.Viable = false;
2259 return;
2260 }
2261
2262 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2263 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2264 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2265 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2266 // exactly m parameters.
2267 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002268 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002269 // Not enough arguments.
2270 Candidate.Viable = false;
2271 return;
2272 }
2273
2274 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2275 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002276 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2277 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2278 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2279 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2280 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2281 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2282 // parameter of F.
2283 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2285 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002286 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2287 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002288 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002289 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002290 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2291 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2292 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2293 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2294 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2295 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2296 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian4a6a2b82009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002297 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002298 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2299 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian4a6a2b82009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002300 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2301 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2302 // later.
2303 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2304 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2305 }
Fariborz Jahanian99d6c442009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002306 else {
2307 Candidate.Viable = false;
2308 break;
2309 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002310 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002311 } else {
2312 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2313 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2314 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002315 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002316 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2317 }
2318 }
2319}
2320
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002321/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2322/// the overload canddiate set.
2323void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2324 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2325 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2326 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002327 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002328 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002329 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002330 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2331 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2332 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2333 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2334 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2335 else
2336 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2337 SuppressUserConversions);
2338 } else {
2339 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2340 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2341 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2342 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002343 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002344 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2345 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002346 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002347 else
2348 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
2349 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
2350 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2351 SuppressUserConversions);
2352 }
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002353 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002354}
2355
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002356/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2357/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2358/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2359/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2360/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2361/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002362/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2363/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2364/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002365void
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002366Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, Expr *Object,
2367 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2368 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2370 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002371 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002372 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002373 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002374 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002375 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2376 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002377
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002378 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2379 return;
2380
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002381 // Add this candidate
2382 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2383 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2384 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002385 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002386 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002387
2388 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2389
2390 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2391 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2392 // list (8.3.5).
2393 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2394 Candidate.Viable = false;
2395 return;
2396 }
2397
2398 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2399 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2400 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2401 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2402 // exactly m parameters.
2403 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2404 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2405 // Not enough arguments.
2406 Candidate.Viable = false;
2407 return;
2408 }
2409
2410 Candidate.Viable = true;
2411 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2412
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002413 if (Method->isStatic() || !Object)
2414 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2415 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2416 else {
2417 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2418 // parameter.
2419 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002421 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2422 Candidate.Viable = false;
2423 return;
2424 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002425 }
2426
2427 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2428 // arguments.
2429 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2430 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2431 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2432 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2433 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2434 // parameter of F.
2435 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002436 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2437 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002438 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002439 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002440 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002441 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2442 Candidate.Viable = false;
2443 break;
2444 }
2445 } else {
2446 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2447 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2448 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002449 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002450 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2451 }
2452 }
2453}
2454
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002455/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2456/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2457/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458void
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002459Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2460 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002461 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002462 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2463 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2464 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2465 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2466 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002467 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2468 return;
2469
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002470 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002471 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002472 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002474 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2475 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2476 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2477 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2478 // functions.
2479 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2480 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2481 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
2482 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2483 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2484 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2485 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2486 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2487 (void)Result;
2488 return;
2489 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002490
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002491 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2492 // deduction as a candidate.
2493 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002494 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002495 "Specialization is not a member function?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002496 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002497 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2498}
2499
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002500/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2501/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2502/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002503void
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002504Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002505 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002506 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002507 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002508 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2509 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2510 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2511 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002512 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2513 return;
2514
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002515 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002516 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002517 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002518 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002519 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2520 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2521 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2522 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2523 // functions.
2524 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2525 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2526 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002527 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2528 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2529 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002530 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2531 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2532 (void)Result;
2533 return;
2534 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002535
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002536 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2537 // deduction as a candidate.
2538 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2539 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2540 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2541}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002542
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002543/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002545/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002546/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002547/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2548/// conversion function produces).
2549void
2550Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2551 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2552 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002553 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2554 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2555
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002556 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2557 return;
2558
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002559 // Add this candidate
2560 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2561 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2562 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002563 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002564 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002565 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002567 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2568 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2569
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002570 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2571 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002572 Candidate.Viable = true;
2573 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002574 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Conversion);
Fariborz Jahanianb191e2d2009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002575 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2576 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2577 // in overload resolution.
2578 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2579 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002581 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2582 Candidate.Viable = false;
2583 return;
2584 }
Fariborz Jahanian3759a032009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002585
2586 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2587 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2588 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2589 QualType FromCanon
2590 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2591 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2592 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2593 Candidate.Viable = false;
2594 return;
2595 }
2596
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002597
2598 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2599 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2600 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2601 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2602 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2603 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2604 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2605 // well-formed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002606 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002607 SourceLocation());
2608 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002609 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002610 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002611
2612 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002613 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2614 // allocator).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002615 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002616 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
2617 SourceLocation());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2619 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002620 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002621 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2622 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002623
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002624 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2625 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2626 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2627 break;
2628
2629 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2630 Candidate.Viable = false;
2631 break;
2632
2633 default:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002634 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002635 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2636 }
2637}
2638
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002639/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2640/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2641/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2642/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2643/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644void
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002645Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2646 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2647 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2648 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2649 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2650
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002651 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2652 return;
2653
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002654 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2655 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2656 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002658 Specialization, Info)) {
2659 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2660 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2661 (void)Result;
2662 return;
2663 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002664
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002665 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2666 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2667 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2668 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
2669}
2670
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002671/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2672/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2673/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2674/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2675/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2676void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002677 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002678 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2679 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor3f396022009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002680 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2681 return;
2682
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002683 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2684 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2685 Candidate.Function = 0;
2686 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2687 Candidate.Viable = true;
2688 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002689 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002690 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2691
2692 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2693 // object parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002694 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002695 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Conversion);
2696 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2697 Candidate.Viable = false;
2698 return;
2699 }
2700
2701 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2702 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2703 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002705 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2706 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002707 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002708 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002709 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002710 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2711 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2712
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002713 // Find the
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002714 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2715
2716 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2717 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2718 // list (8.3.5).
2719 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2720 Candidate.Viable = false;
2721 return;
2722 }
2723
2724 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2725 // we have enough arguments.
2726 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2727 // Not enough arguments.
2728 Candidate.Viable = false;
2729 return;
2730 }
2731
2732 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2733 // arguments.
2734 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2735 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2736 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2737 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2738 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2739 // parameter of F.
2740 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002741 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2742 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002743 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002744 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2745 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002746 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002747 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2748 Candidate.Viable = false;
2749 break;
2750 }
2751 } else {
2752 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2753 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2754 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002756 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2757 }
2758 }
2759}
2760
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002761// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2762// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2763// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002764void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002765 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002766 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002767 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2768 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002769 FunctionSet Functions;
2770
2771 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2772 QualType T2;
2773 if (NumArgs > 1)
2774 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2775
2776 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002777 if (S)
2778 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002779 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002780 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2781 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002782 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002783}
2784
2785/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2786/// member functions.
2787///
2788/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2789/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2790/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2791/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2792/// [over.match.oper]).
2793void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2794 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2795 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2796 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2797 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002798 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2799
2800 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2801 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2802 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2803 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2804 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2805 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2806 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2807 // constructed as follows:
2808 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2809 QualType T2;
2810 if (NumArgs > 1)
2811 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2812
2813 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2814 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2815 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2816 // empty.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002817 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002818 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson8c8d9192009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002819 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002820 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002821
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002822 LookupResult Operators;
2823 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl(), OpName,
2824 LookupOrdinaryName, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002825 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002826 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2827 Oper != OperEnd;
Douglas Gregord9842d02009-10-14 16:50:13 +00002828 ++Oper) {
2829 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper)) {
2830 AddMethodCandidate(Method, Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2831 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2832 continue;
2833 }
2834
2835 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper) &&
2836 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)
2837 ->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2838 "Expected a member function template");
2839 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper), false, 0, 0,
2840 Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2841 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2842 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002843 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002844}
2845
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002846/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2847/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2848/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002849/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2850/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002851/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
2852/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
2853/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002855 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002856 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002857 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
2858 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002859 // Add this candidate
2860 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2861 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2862 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +00002863 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002864 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002865 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
2866 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
2867 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
2868
2869 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2870 // arguments.
2871 Candidate.Viable = true;
2872 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2873 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002874 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
2875 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
2876 // left operand are restricted as follows:
2877 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
2878 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
2879 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002881 //
2882 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
2883 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
2884 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
2885 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002886 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002887 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002888 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
2889 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
2890 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002891 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2892 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002893 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002894 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2895 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002896 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002897 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002898 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002899 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002900 break;
2901 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002902 }
2903}
2904
2905/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
2906/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
2907/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
2908/// enumeration types.
2909class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
2910 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002911 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002912
2913 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
2914 /// built-in candidates.
2915 TypeSet PointerTypes;
2916
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002917 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
2918 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2919 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
2920
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002921 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
2922 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2923 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
2924
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002925 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
2926 /// candidate type set.
2927 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002928
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002929 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
2930 ASTContext &Context;
2931
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002932 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2933 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002934 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002935
2936public:
2937 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002938 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002939
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002940 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002941 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002942
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002943 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
2944 SourceLocation Loc,
2945 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00002946 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
2947 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002948
2949 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
2950 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
2951
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002952 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002953 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
2954
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002955 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
2956 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
2957
2958 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
2959 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
2960
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002961 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
2962 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
2963
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002964 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002965 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
2966};
2967
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002968/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002969/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2970/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2971/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2972/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2973/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2974/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002975///
2976/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002977bool
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002978BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2979 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002980
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002981 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002982 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002983 return false;
2984
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002985 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
2986 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002987
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002988 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2989 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor89c49f02009-11-09 22:08:55 +00002990 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahaniand411b3f2009-11-09 21:02:05 +00002991 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002992 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
2993 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
2994
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002995 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
2996 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
2997 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002998 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
2999 // in the types.
3000 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3001 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003002 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3003 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003004 }
3005
3006 return true;
3007}
3008
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003009/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3010/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3011/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3012/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3013/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3014/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3015/// false otherwise.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003016///
3017/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003018bool
3019BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3020 QualType Ty) {
3021 // Insert this type.
3022 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3023 return false;
3024
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003025 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3026 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003027
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003028 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3029 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3030
3031 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3032 // qualifiers.
3033 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3034 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3035 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3036
3037 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3038 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003039 }
3040
3041 return true;
3042}
3043
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003044/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3045/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003046/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3047/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003048/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3049/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3050/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3051/// type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003052void
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003053BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003054 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003055 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003056 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3057 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003058 // Only deal with canonical types.
3059 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3060
3061 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3062 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003063 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003064 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3065
3066 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
3067 Ty = Ty.getUnqualifiedType();
3068
Sebastian Redla65b5512009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003069 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3070 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3071 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3072
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003073 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003074 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3075
3076 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3077 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003078 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003079 return;
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003080 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3081 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3082 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3083 return;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003084 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003085 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003086 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003087 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003088 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003089 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3090 return;
3091 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003093 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003094 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianca4fb042009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003095 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003096 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003097 = Conversions->function_begin();
3098 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003099 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
3100 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
3101 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
3102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003104 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
3105 if (ConvTemplate)
3106 continue;
3107
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003108 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003109 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003110 VisibleQuals);
3111 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003112 }
3113 }
3114 }
3115}
3116
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003117/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3118/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3119/// given type to the candidate set.
3120static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3121 QualType T,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003123 unsigned NumArgs,
3124 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3125 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003126
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003127 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3128 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3129 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3130 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3131 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003132
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003133 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3134 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003135 ParamTypes[0]
3136 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003137 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3138 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003139 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003140 }
3141}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003142
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003143/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3144/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003145static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3146 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3147 const RecordType *TyRec;
3148 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3149 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3150 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3151 else
3152 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3153 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanian1cad6022009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003154 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003155 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3156 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3157 return VRQuals;
3158 }
3159
3160 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
3161 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl9994a342009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003162 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003163
3164 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
3165 = Conversions->function_begin();
3166 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
3167 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func)) {
3168 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3169 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3170 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3171 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3172 // as see them.
3173 bool done = false;
3174 while (!done) {
3175 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3176 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3177 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3178 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3179 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3180 else
3181 done = true;
3182 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3183 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3184 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3185 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3186 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3187 return VRQuals;
3188 }
3189 }
3190 }
3191 return VRQuals;
3192}
3193
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003194/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3195/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3196/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3197/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3198/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003199void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003200Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003201 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003202 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3203 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003204 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3205 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3206 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3207 // types; these types need to be first.
3208 // FIXME: What about complex?
3209 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3210 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003211 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003212 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3213 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3214 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3215 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3216 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003217 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3218// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003219 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3220 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3221 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3222 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3223 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3224 };
Douglas Gregor652371a2009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003225 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3226 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3227 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3228 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3229 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3230 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3231 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3232 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3233 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3234 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3235
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003236 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3237 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3238 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003239 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3240 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003241 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3242 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3243
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003244 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003245 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3246 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003247 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003248 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003249 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003250 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003251 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003252 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003253 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003254 true,
3255 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3256 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003257 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3258 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003259 }
3260
3261 bool isComparison = false;
3262 switch (Op) {
3263 case OO_None:
3264 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3265 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3266 break;
3267
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003268 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003269 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003270 goto UnaryStar;
3271 else
3272 goto BinaryStar;
3273 break;
3274
3275 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3276 if (NumArgs == 1)
3277 goto UnaryPlus;
3278 else
3279 goto BinaryPlus;
3280 break;
3281
3282 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3283 if (NumArgs == 1)
3284 goto UnaryMinus;
3285 else
3286 goto BinaryMinus;
3287 break;
3288
3289 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3290 if (NumArgs == 1)
3291 goto UnaryAmp;
3292 else
3293 goto BinaryAmp;
3294
3295 case OO_PlusPlus:
3296 case OO_MinusMinus:
3297 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3298 //
3299 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3300 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3301 // functions of the form
3302 //
3303 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3304 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3305 //
3306 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3307 //
3308 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3309 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3310 // candidate operator functions of the form
3311 //
3312 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3313 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003314 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003315 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3316 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003317 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003318 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003319
3320 // Non-volatile version.
3321 if (NumArgs == 1)
3322 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3323 else
3324 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003325 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3326 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3327 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3328 // Volatile version
3329 ParamTypes[0]
3330 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3331 if (NumArgs == 1)
3332 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3333 else
3334 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3335 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003336 }
3337
3338 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3339 //
3340 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3341 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3342 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3343 //
3344 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3345 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3346 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3347 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3348 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3349 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3350 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003351 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003352 continue;
3353
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003354 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3355 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003356 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003357
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003358 // Without volatile
3359 if (NumArgs == 1)
3360 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3361 else
3362 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3363
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003364 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3365 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003366 // With volatile
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003367 ParamTypes[0]
3368 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003369 if (NumArgs == 1)
3370 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3371 else
3372 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3373 }
3374 }
3375 break;
3376
3377 UnaryStar:
3378 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3379 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3380 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3381 //
3382 // T& operator*(T*);
3383 //
3384 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3385 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3386 // functions of the form
3387 // T& operator*(T*);
3388 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3389 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3390 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003391 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003392 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003393 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3394 }
3395 break;
3396
3397 UnaryPlus:
3398 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3399 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3400 // the form
3401 //
3402 // T* operator+(T*);
3403 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3404 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3405 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3406 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3407 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003409 // Fall through
3410
3411 UnaryMinus:
3412 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3413 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3414 // operator functions of the form
3415 //
3416 // T operator+(T);
3417 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003419 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3420 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3421 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3422 }
3423 break;
3424
3425 case OO_Tilde:
3426 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3427 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3428 // operator functions of the form
3429 //
3430 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003431 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003432 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3433 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3434 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3435 }
3436 break;
3437
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003438 case OO_New:
3439 case OO_Delete:
3440 case OO_Array_New:
3441 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003442 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003443 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003444 break;
3445
3446 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003447 UnaryAmp:
3448 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003449 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3450 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3451 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003452 break;
3453
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003454 case OO_EqualEqual:
3455 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3456 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003457 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3458 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003459 //
3460 // bool operator==(T,T);
3461 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003462 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003463 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3464 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3465 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3466 ++MemPtr) {
3467 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3468 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3469 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003470
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003471 // Fall through
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003472
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003473 case OO_Less:
3474 case OO_Greater:
3475 case OO_LessEqual:
3476 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003477 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3478 //
3479 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3480 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003482 // bool operator<(T, T);
3483 // bool operator>(T, T);
3484 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3485 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3486 // bool operator==(T, T);
3487 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3488 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3489 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3490 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3491 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3492 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003493 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003494 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3495 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3496 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3497 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3498 }
3499
3500 // Fall through.
3501 isComparison = true;
3502
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003503 BinaryPlus:
3504 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003505 if (!isComparison) {
3506 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3507
3508 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3509 //
3510 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3511 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003512 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003513 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3514 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3515 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3516 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3517 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3518 //
3519 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3520 //
3521 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3522 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3523 //
3524 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003525 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003526 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3527 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3528 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3529
3530 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3531 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3532
3533 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3534 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3535 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3536 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3537 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3538 } else {
3539 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3540 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3541 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3542 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3543 }
3544 }
3545 }
3546 // Fall through
3547
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003548 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003549 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003550 Conditional:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003551 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3552 //
3553 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3554 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3555 //
3556 // LR operator*(L, R);
3557 // LR operator/(L, R);
3558 // LR operator+(L, R);
3559 // LR operator-(L, R);
3560 // bool operator<(L, R);
3561 // bool operator>(L, R);
3562 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3563 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3564 // bool operator==(L, R);
3565 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3566 //
3567 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3568 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003569 //
3570 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3571 //
3572 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3573 // candidate operator functions of the form
3574 //
3575 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3576 //
3577 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3578 // between types L and R.
3579 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003580 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003581 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003582 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003583 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3584 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003585 QualType Result
3586 = isComparison
3587 ? Context.BoolTy
3588 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003589 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3590 }
3591 }
3592 break;
3593
3594 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003595 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003596 case OO_Caret:
3597 case OO_Pipe:
3598 case OO_LessLess:
3599 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3600 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3601 //
3602 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3603 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3604 //
3605 // LR operator%(L, R);
3606 // LR operator&(L, R);
3607 // LR operator^(L, R);
3608 // LR operator|(L, R);
3609 // L operator<<(L, R);
3610 // L operator>>(L, R);
3611 //
3612 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3613 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003614 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003615 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003616 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003617 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3618 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3619 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3620 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003621 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003622 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3623 }
3624 }
3625 break;
3626
3627 case OO_Equal:
3628 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3629 //
3630 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003631 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003632 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3633 //
3634 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003635 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3636 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3637 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3638 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003639 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003640 CandidateSet);
3641 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3642 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3643 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3644 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003645 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003646 CandidateSet);
3647 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003648
3649 case OO_PlusEqual:
3650 case OO_MinusEqual:
3651 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3652 //
3653 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3654 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3655 // of the form
3656 //
3657 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3658 //
3659 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3660 //
3661 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3662 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3663 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3664 //
3665 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3666 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3667 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3668 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3669 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3670 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3671
3672 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003673 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003674 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3675 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003676
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003677 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3678 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003679 // volatile version
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003680 ParamTypes[0]
3681 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003682 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3683 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003684 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003685 }
3686 // Fall through.
3687
3688 case OO_StarEqual:
3689 case OO_SlashEqual:
3690 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3691 //
3692 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3693 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3694 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3695 // the form
3696 //
3697 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3698 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3699 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3700 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3701 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3702 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003704 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3705 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3706 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3707
3708 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003709 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003710 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3711 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003712
3713 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanian8621d012009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003714 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3715 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3716 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3717 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3718 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3719 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003720 }
3721 }
3722 break;
3723
3724 case OO_PercentEqual:
3725 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3726 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3727 case OO_AmpEqual:
3728 case OO_CaretEqual:
3729 case OO_PipeEqual:
3730 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3731 //
3732 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3733 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3734 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3735 //
3736 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3737 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3738 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3739 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3740 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3741 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3742 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003743 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003744 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3745 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3746 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3747
3748 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003749 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003750 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian035c46f2009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003751 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3752 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3753 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3754 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3755 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3756 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3757 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003758 }
3759 }
3760 break;
3761
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003762 case OO_Exclaim: {
3763 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3764 //
3765 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3766 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003767 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003768 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3769 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3770 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003771 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3772 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3773 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003774 break;
3775 }
3776
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003777 case OO_AmpAmp:
3778 case OO_PipePipe: {
3779 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3780 //
3781 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3782 //
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003783 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003784 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3785 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3786 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003787 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3788 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3789 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003790 break;
3791 }
3792
3793 case OO_Subscript:
3794 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3795 //
3796 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3797 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003798 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003799 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3800 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3801 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3802 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3803 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3804 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3805 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3806 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003807 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003808 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003809
3810 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3811 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3812
3813 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3814 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3815 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3816 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3817 }
3818 break;
3819
3820 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003821 // C++ [over.built]p11:
3822 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
3823 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
3824 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
3825 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3826 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
3827 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
3828 {
3829 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3830 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3831 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3832 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
3833 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003834 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003835 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003836 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003837 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
3838 continue;
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003839 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3840 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
3841 // volatile/restrict type.
3842 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
3843 continue;
3844 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
3845 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003846 }
3847 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3848 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3849 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3850 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
3851 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
3852 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian43036972009-10-07 16:56:50 +00003853 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003854 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
3855 break;
3856 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
3857 // build CV12 T&
3858 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana9cca892009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003859 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
3860 T.isVolatileQualified())
3861 continue;
3862 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
3863 T.isRestrictQualified())
3864 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian5ecd5392009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003865 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian4657a992009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003866 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3867 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3868 }
3869 }
3870 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003871 break;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003872
3873 case OO_Conditional:
3874 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
3875 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
3876 // therefore added as binary.
3877 //
3878 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3879 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
3880 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3881 //
3882 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
3883 //
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003884 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
3885 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3886 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3887 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3888 }
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003889 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3890 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3891 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3892 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3893 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3894 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003895 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003896 }
3897}
3898
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003899/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
3900/// to the set of overloading candidates.
3901///
3902/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
3903/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
3904/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
3905/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003906void
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003907Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3908 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003909 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003910 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003911 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
3912 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3913 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003914 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003915
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003916 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
3917
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003918 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
3919 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
3920 // candidates a second time.
3921 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3922 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3923 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003924 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003925 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003926 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3927 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
3928 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003929
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003930 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redl644be852009-10-23 19:23:15 +00003931 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003932
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003933 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
3934 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
3935 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3936 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3937 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003938 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003939 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003940 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3941 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
3942 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003943
3944 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
3945 // set.
3946 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
3947 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003948 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003949 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
3950 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
3951 continue;
3952
3953 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3954 false, false, PartialOverloading);
3955 } else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003956 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003957 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
3958 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3959 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003960 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003961 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003962}
3963
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003964/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
3965/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003966bool
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003967Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003969 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
3970 // functions.
3971 if (!Cand2.Viable)
3972 return Cand1.Viable;
3973 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
3974 return false;
3975
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003976 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
3977 //
3978 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
3979 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
3980 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
3981 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
3982 unsigned StartArg = 0;
3983 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
3984 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003985
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003986 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
3988 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003989 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003990 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
3991 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
3992 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003993 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003994 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
3995 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
3996 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
3997 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
3998 HasBetterConversion = true;
3999 break;
4000
4001 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4002 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4003 return false;
4004
4005 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4006 // Do nothing.
4007 break;
4008 }
4009 }
4010
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004011 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004012 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004013 if (HasBetterConversion)
4014 return true;
4015
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004016 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004017 // specialization, or, if not that,
4018 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4019 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4020 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004021
4022 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4023 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4024 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004025 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor1f561c12009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004026 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4027 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004028 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4029 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4030 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor5d7d3752009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004031 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4032 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004033 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004034
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004035 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4036 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4037 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4038 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4039 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4040 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004041 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4042 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004043 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4044 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4045 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4046 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4047 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4048 return true;
4049
4050 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4051 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4052 return false;
4053
4054 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4055 // Do nothing
4056 break;
4057 }
4058 }
4059
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004060 return false;
4061}
4062
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004063/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004064/// within an overload candidate set.
4065///
4066/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4067///
4068/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4069/// which overload resolution occurs.
4070///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004071/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004072/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4073///
4074/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004075Sema::OverloadingResult
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004076Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004077 SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004078 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004079 // Find the best viable function.
4080 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4081 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4082 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4083 if (Cand->Viable) {
4084 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4085 Best = Cand;
4086 }
4087 }
4088
4089 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4090 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4091 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4092
4093 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4094 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4095 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4096 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004097 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004098 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004099 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4100 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004101 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004102 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004103 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004104
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004105 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004106 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004108 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004109 return OR_Deleted;
4110
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004111 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4112 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004113 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4114 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004115 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4116 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4117 if (Best->Function)
4118 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004119 return OR_Success;
4120}
4121
4122/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4123/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
4124/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004125void
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004126Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004127 bool OnlyViable,
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004128 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian16a5eac2009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004129 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004130 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4131 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004132 bool Reported = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004133 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004134 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
4135 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004136 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004137 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004138 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
4139 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate_deleted)
4140 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
Douglas Gregor1fdd89b2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00004141 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
4142 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4143 // Function template specialization
4144 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
4145 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_template_candidate)
4146 << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
4147 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004148 } else {
4149 // Normal function
Fariborz Jahanianb1663d02009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004150 bool errReported = false;
4151 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
4152 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
4153 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
4154 Cand->Conversions[i];
4155 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
4156 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
4157 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
4158 continue;
4159 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
4160 diag::err_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
4161 errReported = true;
4162 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
4163 j >= 0; j--) {
4164 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4165 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4166 }
4167 }
4168 }
4169 if (!errReported)
4170 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004171 }
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004172 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004173 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4174 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4175 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4176 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004177 bool isLValueReference = false;
4178 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004179 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004180 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004181 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004182 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004183 isLValueReference = true;
4184 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004185 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004186 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4187 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004188 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004189 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004190 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4191 isPointer = true;
4192 }
4193 // Desugar down to a function type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004194 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004195 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4196 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004197 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4198 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004199
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004200 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004201 << FnType;
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004202 } else if (OnlyViable) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004203 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 &&
Fariborz Jahanianad3607d2009-10-09 17:09:58 +00004204 "builtin-binary-operator-not-binary");
Fariborz Jahanian866b2742009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004205 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4206 TypeStr += Opc;
4207 TypeStr += "(";
4208 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4209 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4210 TypeStr += ")";
4211 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4212 }
4213 else {
4214 TypeStr += ", ";
4215 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4216 TypeStr += ")";
4217 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4218 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004219 }
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004220 else if (!Cand->Viable && !Reported) {
4221 // Non-viability might be due to ambiguous user-defined conversions,
4222 // needed for built-in operators. Report them as well, but only once
4223 // as we have typically many built-in candidates.
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004224 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4225 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
Fariborz Jahanian27687cf2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004226 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
4227 if (ICS.ConversionKind != ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion ||
4228 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.empty())
4229 continue;
4230 if (CXXConversionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4231 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0])) {
4232 QualType FromTy =
4233 QualType(
4234 static_cast<Type*>(ICS.UserDefined.Before.FromTypePtr),0);
4235 Diag(OpLoc,diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)
4236 << FromTy << Func->getConversionType();
4237 }
4238 for (unsigned j = 0; j < ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.size(); j++) {
4239 FunctionDecl *Func =
4240 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4241 Diag(Func->getLocation(),diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4242 }
4243 }
4244 Reported = true;
4245 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004246 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004247 }
4248}
4249
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004250/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4251/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4252/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4253/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4254///
4255/// @code
4256/// int f(double);
4257/// int f(int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004258///
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004259/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4260/// @endcode
4261///
4262/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4263/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4264/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4265FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004266Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004267 bool Complain) {
4268 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004269 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004270 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004271 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004272 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarbb710012009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004273 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004274 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004275 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004276 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4277 IsMember = true;
4278 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004279
4280 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor72e771f2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004281 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004282 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004283 return 0;
4284
4285 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
4286 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004287
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004288 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4289 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4290 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4291 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4292
4293 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4294 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4295 // operator.
4296 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4297 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4298 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4299 }
4300
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004301 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004302 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004303 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4304
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004305 // Try to dig out the overloaded function.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004306 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4307 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004308 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004309 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004310 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4311 ExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getTemplateArgs();
4312 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlsson6e8f5502009-10-07 22:26:29 +00004313 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4314 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4315 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004316 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4317 ExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getTemplateArgs();
4318 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004319 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TIRE = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4320 TemplateName Name = TIRE->getTemplateName();
4321 Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
4322 FunctionTemplate =
4323 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Name.getAsTemplateDecl());
4324
4325 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4326 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getTemplateArgs();
4327 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getNumTemplateArgs();
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004328 }
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004329
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004330 // If there's no overloaded function declaration or function template,
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004331 // we're done.
4332 if (!Ovl && !FunctionTemplate)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004333 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004334
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004335 OverloadIterator Fun;
4336 if (Ovl)
4337 Fun = Ovl;
4338 else
4339 Fun = FunctionTemplate;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004340
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004341 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4342 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004343 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004344 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004345 for (OverloadIterator FunEnd; Fun != FunEnd; ++Fun) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004346 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4347 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl0defd762009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004348 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4349 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004350 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4351 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004352
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004353 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004354 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Fun)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004355 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004356 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004357 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004358 // static when converting to member pointer.
4359 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4360 continue;
4361 } else if (IsMember)
4362 continue;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004363
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004364 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004365 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4366 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4367 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4368 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004369 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004370 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004371 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4372 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4373 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Anders Carlsson70534852009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004374 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4375 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4376 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004377 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4378 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4379 (void)Result;
4380 } else {
Douglas Gregorb9aa6b22009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004381 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4382 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004383 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004384 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004385 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004386 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004387 }
4388 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004389
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004390 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Fun)) {
4391 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4392 // when converting to member pointer.
4393 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004394 continue;
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004395
4396 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4397 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4398 continue;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004399 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004400 continue;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004401
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004402 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Fun)) {
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004403 if (FunctionType == Context.getCanonicalType(FunDecl->getType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004404 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(Fun->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004405 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4406 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004407 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004408 }
4409
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004410 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4411 if (Matches.empty())
4412 return 0;
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004413 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
4414 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
4415 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4416 return Result;
4417 }
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004418
4419 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4420 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004421 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004422 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004423 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4424 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4425 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4426 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4427 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4428
4429 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4430 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4431 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4432 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004433 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004434 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004435 FunctionDecl *Result =
4436 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4437 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4438 PDiag(),
4439 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4440 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
4441 PDiag(diag::err_ovl_template_candidate));
4442 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4443 return Result;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004444 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004445
Douglas Gregor312a2022009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004446 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4447 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4448 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4449 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4450 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4451 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4452
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004453 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004454 // selected function.
Sebastian Redl07ab2022009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004455 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
4456 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
4457 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4458 return Result;
4459 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004460
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004461 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4462 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4463 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4464 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4465 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
4466 Diag(RemainingMatches[I]->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004467 return 0;
4468}
4469
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004470/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4471static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
4472 AnyFunctionDecl Callee,
4473 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4474 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004475 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004476 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4477 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4478 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4479 bool PartialOverloading) {
4480 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4481 assert(!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
4482 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4483 PartialOverloading);
4484
4485 if (Func->getDeclContext()->isRecord() ||
4486 Func->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4487 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4488 return;
4489 }
4490
4491 FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee);
4492 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4493 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4494 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4495 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4496
4497 if (FuncTemplate->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
4498 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4499}
4500
4501/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4502/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
4503void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(NamedDecl *Callee,
4504 DeclarationName &UnqualifiedName,
4505 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4506 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004507 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004508 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4509 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4510 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4511 bool PartialOverloading) {
4512 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
4513 // functions. While we're doing so, track whether argument-dependent
4514 // lookup still applies, per:
4515 //
4516 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
4517 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4518 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4519 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4520 //
4521 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4522 //
4523 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
4524 // using-declaration (FIXME: check for using declaration), or
4525 //
4526 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4527 // template
4528 //
4529 // then Y is empty.
4530 if (!Callee) {
4531 // Nothing to do.
4532 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
4533 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4534 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
4535 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
4536 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4537 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *Func, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4538 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4539 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4540 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4541 PartialOverloading);
4542 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Callee) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee))
4543 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this,
4544 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(Callee),
4545 ArgumentDependentLookup,
4546 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4547 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4548 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4549 PartialOverloading);
4550 // FIXME: assert isa<FunctionDecl> || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl> rather than
4551 // checking dynamically.
4552
4553 if (Callee)
4554 UnqualifiedName = Callee->getDeclName();
4555
4556 if (ArgumentDependentLookup)
4557 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(UnqualifiedName, Args, NumArgs,
4558 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4559 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4560 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4561 CandidateSet,
4562 PartialOverloading);
4563}
4564
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004565/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004566/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4567/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4568/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4569/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004570/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004571/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004572FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *Callee,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004573 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004574 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004575 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004576 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004577 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4578 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004579 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004580 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004581 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup) {
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004582 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004583
4584 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
Douglas Gregor9c6a0e92009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004585 // functions.
4586 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(Callee, UnqualifiedName, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4587 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4588 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
4589 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004590 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004591 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004592 case OR_Success:
4593 return Best->Function;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004594
4595 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004596 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004597 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004598 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004599 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4600 break;
4601
4602 case OR_Ambiguous:
4603 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004604 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004605 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4606 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004607
4608 case OR_Deleted:
4609 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4610 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4611 << UnqualifiedName
4612 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4613 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4614 break;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004615 }
4616
4617 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4618 // return NULL.
4619 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4620 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4621 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
4622 return 0;
4623}
4624
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004625/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4626/// operator.
4627///
4628/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4629///
4630/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4631/// operator.
4632///
4633/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4634/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4635/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4636/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4637/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4638/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4639///
4640/// \param input The input argument.
4641Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4642 unsigned OpcIn,
4643 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004644 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004645 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4646 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
4647
4648 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4649 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
4650 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4651
4652 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
4653 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004654
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004655 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
4656 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
4657 // post-decrement.
4658 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
4659 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004660 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004661 SourceLocation());
4662 NumArgs = 2;
4663 }
4664
4665 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004666 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004667 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004669 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4670 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4671 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4672
4673 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4674 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004675
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004676 input.release();
4677 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
4678 &Args[0], NumArgs,
4679 Context.DependentTy,
4680 OpLoc));
4681 }
4682
4683 // Build an empty overload set.
4684 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4685
4686 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4687 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
4688
4689 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4690 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4691
4692 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004693 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004694
4695 // Perform overload resolution.
4696 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004697 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004698 case OR_Success: {
4699 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4700 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004701
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004702 if (FnDecl) {
4703 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4704 // operator.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004705
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004706 // Convert the arguments.
4707 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4708 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
4709 return ExprError();
4710 } else {
4711 // Convert the arguments.
4712 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
4713 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4714 "passing"))
4715 return ExprError();
4716 }
4717
4718 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004719 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004721 // Build the actual expression node.
4722 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4723 SourceLocation());
4724 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004725
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004726 input.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004727
Anders Carlsson26a2a072009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004728 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
4729 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4730 &Input, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4731
4732 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4733 FnDecl))
4734 return ExprError();
4735
4736 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004737 } else {
4738 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4739 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4740 // operator node.
4741 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4742 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
4743 return ExprError();
4744
4745 break;
4746 }
4747 }
4748
4749 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4750 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4751 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4752 break;
4753
4754 case OR_Ambiguous:
4755 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4756 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4757 << Input->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004758 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4759 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004760 return ExprError();
4761
4762 case OR_Deleted:
4763 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4764 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4765 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4766 << Input->getSourceRange();
4767 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4768 return ExprError();
4769 }
4770
4771 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4772 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4773 // build a built-in operation.
4774 input.release();
4775 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
4776}
4777
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004778/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4779/// operator.
4780///
4781/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
4782///
4783/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4784/// operator.
4785///
4786/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4787/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4788/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4789/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4790/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4791/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
4792///
4793/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
4794/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004795Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004796Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004797 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004798 FunctionSet &Functions,
4799 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004800 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004801 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004802
4803 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4804 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4805 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4806
4807 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4808 // expression.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004809 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor6ca7cfb2009-11-05 00:51:44 +00004810 if (Functions.empty()) {
4811 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
4812 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
4813 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
4814 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4815 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
4816
4817 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4818 Context.DependentTy,
4819 Context.DependentTy,
4820 Context.DependentTy,
4821 OpLoc));
4822 }
4823
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004824 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004825 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004827 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4828 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4829 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4830
4831 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4832 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004833
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004834 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004835 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004836 Context.DependentTy,
4837 OpLoc));
4838 }
4839
4840 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
4841 // create a built-in binary operator.
4842 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004843 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004844
4845 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
4846 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
4847 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
4848 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004849 !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
4850 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004851
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004852 // Build an empty overload set.
4853 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004854
4855 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4856 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
4857
4858 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4859 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4860
4861 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregor573d9c32009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004862 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004863
4864 // Perform overload resolution.
4865 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004866 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004867 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004868 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4869 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4870
4871 if (FnDecl) {
4872 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4873 // operator.
4874
4875 // Convert the arguments.
4876 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004877 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
4878 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004879 "passing"))
4880 return ExprError();
4881 } else {
4882 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004883 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Args[0], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004884 "passing") ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004885 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004886 "passing"))
4887 return ExprError();
4888 }
4889
4890 // Determine the result type
4891 QualType ResultTy
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004892 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004893 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
4894
4895 // Build the actual expression node.
4896 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81273092009-07-14 03:19:38 +00004897 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004898 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4899
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00004900 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
4901 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4902 Args, 2, ResultTy,
4903 OpLoc));
4904
4905 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4906 FnDecl))
4907 return ExprError();
4908
4909 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004910 } else {
4911 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4912 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4913 // operator node.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004914 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004915 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004916 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004917 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
4918 return ExprError();
4919
4920 break;
4921 }
4922 }
4923
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004924 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
4925 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
4926 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
4927 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
4928 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
4929 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
4930 break;
4931
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004932 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
4933 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
4934 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004935 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
4936 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
4937 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004938 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
4939 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004940 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004941 } else {
4942 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
4943 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
4944 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004945 }
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004946 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
4947 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
4948 if (Result.isInvalid())
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004949 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
4950 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004951 return move(Result);
4952 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004953
4954 case OR_Ambiguous:
4955 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4956 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004957 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian2ebe7eb2009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004958 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4959 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004960 return ExprError();
4961
4962 case OR_Deleted:
4963 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4964 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4965 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004966 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004967 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4968 return ExprError();
4969 }
4970
Douglas Gregor33074752009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004971 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004972 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004973}
4974
Sebastian Redlf322ed62009-10-29 20:17:01 +00004975Action::OwningExprResult
4976Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
4977 SourceLocation RLoc,
4978 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
4979 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
4980 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
4981 DeclarationName OpName =
4982 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
4983
4984 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4985 // expression.
4986 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
4987
4988 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
4989 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
4990
4991 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4992 LLoc, false, false);
4993
4994 Base.release();
4995 Idx.release();
4996 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
4997 Args, 2,
4998 Context.DependentTy,
4999 RLoc));
5000 }
5001
5002 // Build an empty overload set.
5003 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5004
5005 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5006
5007 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5008 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5009
5010 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5011 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5012
5013 // Perform overload resolution.
5014 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5015 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5016 case OR_Success: {
5017 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5018 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5019
5020 if (FnDecl) {
5021 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5022 // operator.
5023
5024 // Convert the arguments.
5025 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5026 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5027 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5028 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
5029 "passing"))
5030 return ExprError();
5031
5032 // Determine the result type
5033 QualType ResultTy
5034 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5035 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5036
5037 // Build the actual expression node.
5038 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5039 LLoc);
5040 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5041
5042 Base.release();
5043 Idx.release();
5044 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5045 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5046 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5047 ResultTy, RLoc));
5048
5049 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5050 FnDecl))
5051 return ExprError();
5052
5053 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5054 } else {
5055 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5056 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5057 // operator node.
5058 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5059 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
5060 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5061 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
5062 return ExprError();
5063
5064 break;
5065 }
5066 }
5067
5068 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5069 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5070 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5071 OwningExprResult Result =
5072 CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
5073 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5074 "C++ subscript operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5075 if (Result.isInvalid())
5076 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
5077 "[]", LLoc);
5078 return move(Result);
5079 }
5080
5081 case OR_Ambiguous:
5082 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5083 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5084 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5085 "[]", LLoc);
5086 return ExprError();
5087
5088 case OR_Deleted:
5089 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5090 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5091 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5092 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5093 return ExprError();
5094 }
5095
5096 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5097 Base.release();
5098 Idx.release();
5099 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5100 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5101}
5102
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005103/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5104/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5105/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5106/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5107/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5108/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5109/// function.
5110Sema::ExprResult
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005111Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5112 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005113 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5114 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5115 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5116 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
5117 MemberExpr *MemExpr = 0;
5118 if (ParenExpr *ParenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(MemExprE))
5119 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ParenE->getSubExpr());
5120 else
5121 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE);
5122 assert(MemExpr && "Building member call without member expression");
5123
5124 // Extract the object argument.
5125 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00005126
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005127 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005128 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
5129 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005130 // Add overload candidates
5131 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005132 DeclarationName DeclName = MemExpr->getMemberDecl()->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005133
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005134 for (OverloadIterator Func(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()), FuncEnd;
5135 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005136 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))) {
5137 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5138 // non-template member function.
5139 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList())
5140 continue;
5141
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005142 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005143 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor3eefb1c2009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005144 } else
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00005145 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
5146 MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList(),
5147 MemExpr->getTemplateArgs(),
5148 MemExpr->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5149 ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005150 CandidateSet,
5151 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
5152 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005153
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005154 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005155 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, MemExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005156 case OR_Success:
5157 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5158 break;
5159
5160 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005161 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005162 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005163 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005164 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5165 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5166 return true;
5167
5168 case OR_Ambiguous:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005169 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005170 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005171 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005172 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5173 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5174 return true;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005175
5176 case OR_Deleted:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005177 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005178 diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
5179 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005180 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005181 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5182 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5183 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005184 }
5185
5186 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExpr, Method);
5187 } else {
5188 Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5189 }
5190
5191 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005192 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00005193 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExpr, Args,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005194 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005195 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5196 RParenLoc));
5197
Anders Carlssoneed3e692009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005198 // Check for a valid return type.
5199 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
5200 TheCall.get(), Method))
5201 return true;
5202
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005203 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005204 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005205 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
5206 return true;
5207 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
5208
5209 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005210 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005211 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005212 RParenLoc))
5213 return true;
5214
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005215 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5216 return true;
Anders Carlsson6f680272009-08-16 03:42:12 +00005217
5218 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005219}
5220
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005221/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
5222/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
5223/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
5224/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005225Sema::ExprResult
5226Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +00005227 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005228 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005229 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005230 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5231 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005232 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005233
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005234 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
5235 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00005236 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005237 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
5238 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
5239 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
5240 // (E).operator().
5241 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005242 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005243 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Oper, OperEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00005244 for (llvm::tie(Oper, OperEnd) = Record->getDecl()->lookup(OpName);
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005245 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
5246 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)) {
5247 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, false, 0, 0, Object, Args, NumArgs,
5248 CandidateSet,
5249 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
5250 continue;
5251 }
5252
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005253 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005254 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor3734c212009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005255 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005256
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005257 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
5258 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
5259 << Object->getSourceRange()))
5260 return true;
5261
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005262 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
5263 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
5264 // form
5265 //
5266 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
5267 //
5268 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
5269 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregora967a6f2008-11-20 13:33:37 +00005270 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
5271 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
5272 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
5273 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005274 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
5275 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
5276 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
5277 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
5278 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005279 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
5280 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
5281 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
5282 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
5283 Func = Conversions->function_begin(),
5284 FuncEnd = Conversions->function_end();
5285 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5286 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
5287 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
5288 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005289
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005290 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
5291 // surrogates.
5292 if (ConvTemplate)
5293 continue;
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005294
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005295 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
5296 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
5297 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5298 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5299 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005300
Douglas Gregor4a27d702009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005301 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
5302 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, Proto, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005303 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005304
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005305 // Perform overload resolution.
5306 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005307 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005308 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005309 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
5310 // below.
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005311 break;
5312
5313 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005314 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Sebastian Redle4c452c2008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005315 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005316 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redle4c452c2008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005317 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005318 break;
5319
5320 case OR_Ambiguous:
5321 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5322 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005323 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005324 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5325 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005326
5327 case OR_Deleted:
5328 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5329 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
5330 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5331 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
5332 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5333 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005334 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005335
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005336 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005337 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
5338 // the error.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005339 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005340 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005341 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005342 return true;
5343 }
5344
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005345 if (Best->Function == 0) {
5346 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
5347 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005348 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005349 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
5350 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
5351
5352 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
5353 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
5354 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005355
5356 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005357 // and then call it.
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005358 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005359 BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
5360
Fariborz Jahaniand8307b12009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005361 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005362 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
5363 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005364 }
5365
5366 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
5367 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
5368 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
5369 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005370 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005371
5372 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5373 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
5374
5375 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
5376 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
5377 // list).
5378 Expr **MethodArgs;
5379 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
5380 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5381 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
5382 } else {
5383 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
5384 }
5385 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
5386 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
5387 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005388
5389 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005390 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005391 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
5392
5393 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
5394 // owned.
5395 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005396 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5397 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005398 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005399 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005400 delete [] MethodArgs;
5401
Anders Carlsson07d68f12009-10-13 21:49:31 +00005402 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
5403 Method))
5404 return true;
5405
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005406 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
5407 // slots in the call for them.
5408 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005409 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005410 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
5411 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5412
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005413 bool IsError = false;
5414
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005415 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005416 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005417 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
5418
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005419
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005420 // Check the argument types.
5421 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005422 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005423 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005424 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005425
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005426 // Pass the argument.
5427 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005428 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing");
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005429 } else {
Douglas Gregord47c47d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00005430 OwningExprResult DefArg
5431 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
5432 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
5433 IsError = true;
5434 break;
5435 }
5436
5437 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005438 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005439
5440 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5441 }
5442
5443 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
5444 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
5445 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
5446 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
5447 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005448 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005449 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5450 }
5451 }
5452
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005453 if (IsError) return true;
5454
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005455 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5456 return true;
5457
Anders Carlssona303f9e2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00005458 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005459}
5460
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005461/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005462/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005463/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005464Sema::OwningExprResult
5465Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5466 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005467 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005468
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005469 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5470 //
5471 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5472 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5473 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5474 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005475 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5476 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005477 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005478
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005479 LookupResult R;
5480 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl(), OpName, LookupOrdinaryName);
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005481
5482 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
5483 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005484 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Base, 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005485 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005486
5487 // Perform overload resolution.
5488 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005489 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005490 case OR_Success:
5491 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5492 break;
5493
5494 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5495 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5496 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005497 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005498 else
5499 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005500 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005501 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005502 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005503
5504 case OR_Ambiguous:
5505 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005506 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005507 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005508 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005509
5510 case OR_Deleted:
5511 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5512 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005513 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005514 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005515 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005516 }
5517
5518 // Convert the object parameter.
5519 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005520 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005521 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005522
5523 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005524 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005525
5526 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005527 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
5528 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005529 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlsson15ea3782009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005530
5531 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
5532 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5533 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
5534 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5535
5536 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5537 Method))
5538 return ExprError();
5539 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005540}
5541
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005542/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
5543/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
5544/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
5545/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005546/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
5547Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005548 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005549 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005550 PE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5551 PE->setType(NewExpr->getType());
5552 } else if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5553 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5554 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5555 NewExpr->getType()) &&
5556 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
5557 ICE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005558 } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005559 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005560 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005561 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5562 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5563 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
5564 // from non-member functions.
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005565 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UnOp->getSubExpr())) {
5566 if (DRE->getQualifier()) {
5567 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
5568 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
5569 // appropriate pointer to member type.
5570 DRE->setDecl(Fn);
5571 DRE->setType(Fn->getType());
5572 QualType ClassType
5573 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
5574 E->setType(Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(),
5575 ClassType.getTypePtr()));
5576 return E;
5577 }
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005578 }
Douglas Gregor423a4e02009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005579 // FIXME: TemplateIdRefExpr referring to a member function template
5580 // specialization!
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005581 }
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005582 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5583 UnOp->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5584 UnOp->setType(Context.getPointerType(NewExpr->getType()));
5585
5586 return UnOp;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005587 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005588 assert((isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005589 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
5590 isa<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl())) &&
5591 "Expected function or function template");
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005592 DR->setDecl(Fn);
5593 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005594 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5595 MemExpr->setMemberDecl(Fn);
5596 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005597 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TID = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005598 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5599 TID->getQualifier(), TID->getQualifierRange(),
5600 Fn, TID->getTemplateNameLoc(),
5601 true,
5602 TID->getLAngleLoc(),
5603 TID->getTemplateArgs(),
5604 TID->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5605 TID->getRAngleLoc(),
5606 Fn->getType(),
5607 /*FIXME?*/false, /*FIXME?*/false);
Douglas Gregor423a4e02009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005608
Douglas Gregora2813ce2009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005609 // FIXME: Don't destroy TID here, since we need its template arguments
5610 // to survive.
5611 // TID->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor097bfb12009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005612 } else if (isa<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(E)) {
5613 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5614 /*Qualifier=*/0,
5615 /*QualifierRange=*/SourceRange(),
5616 Fn, E->getLocStart(),
5617 Fn->getType(), false, false);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005618 } else {
5619 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
5620 }
Anders Carlsson96ad5332009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005621
5622 return E;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005623}
5624
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005625} // end namespace clang